#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@cherry.de> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@cherry.de> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
This contributor prefers not to receive mails <noreply@example.com> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
04bb5e95 |
|
20-Nov-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm32: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y Apply commit 534f0fbd6520 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM. This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900 phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin binary has not triggered this crash. Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console: initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c) Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000 Create Hash Table: N=387 Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
98463903 |
|
20-Oct-2022 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Rename CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to CONFIG_TEXT_BASE The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL(). Rename it to resolve this problem. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
eaf6ea6a |
|
24-May-2022 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
Migrate CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to Kconfig using system-constants.h - Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR - Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation. - On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them. - On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation. - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most board config header files. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
948da777 |
|
06-May-2022 |
Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> |
arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT When this option is set then ARM _main() function would call arch_very_early_init() function at the beginning. It would be before calling any other functions like debug_uart_init() and also before initializing C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
0dba4586 |
|
03-Nov-2021 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Init the debug UART At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the way it is supposed to work. Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears when it should, if enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
cd82f199 |
|
02-Aug-2021 |
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> |
armv7: Add Position Independent Execution support A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different location than it was linked at. For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for rescue. To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different places. This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform. Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
dfd2390d |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com> |
arm: Add SPL build check to SPL early bss clear SPL_CLEAR_BSS is called regardless of build type if CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS is defined. Add a guard for CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix. Signed-off-by: Brian Moyer <bdm310@gmail.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
6de29923 |
|
10-Mar-2020 |
Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com> |
arm: set the relocated gd with gd->new_gd Simplify the arm relocation behavior and get gd directly form new_gd, as it is already done in crt0_64.S: ldr x18, [x18, #GD_NEW_GD] /* x18 <- gd->new_gd */ This patch avoid assumption on new GD location (new GD is below bd - with #GD_SIZE offset). Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
22b7b860 |
|
16-Jul-2019 |
Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> |
spl: separate SPL_FRAMEWORK config for spl and tpl Right now enabling SPL_FRAMEWORK will also enable it for the TPL in all cases, making the TPL bigger. There may be cases where the TPL is really size constrained due to its underlying ram size. Therefore introduce a new TPL_FRAMEWORK option and make the relevant conditionals check for both. The default is set to "y if SPL_FRAMEWORK" to mimic the previous behaviour where the TPL would always get the SPL framework if it was enabled in SPL. Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@theobroma-systems.com> Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
a5a5d997 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> |
spl: Allow performing BSS init early before board_init_f() On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure. To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(), if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory actually available prior to board_init_f(). Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
|
#
a0a0d04f |
|
02-Apr-2019 |
Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com> |
arm: add a separate stack for TPL TPL stack may different from SPL and sys stack, add support for separate one when the board defines it. Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
|
#
d22336aa |
|
31-Aug-2018 |
Vikas Manocha <vikas.manocha@st.com> |
arm: armv7m: clean up armv7m unified code compilation unified syntax should be selected by config ARM_ASM_UNIFIED Signed-off-by: Vikas Manocha <vikas.manocha@st.com>
|
#
680223a2 |
|
31-Aug-2018 |
Vikas Manocha <vikas.manocha@st.com> |
arm: armv7m: remove un-necessary If then instruction With gas option -mimplicit-it=always, IT block is inserted by the assembler for thumb2. Signed-off-by: Vikas Manocha <vikas.manocha@st.com>
|
#
83d290c5 |
|
06-May-2018 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
SPDX: Convert all of our single license tags to Linux Kernel style When U-Boot started using SPDX tags we were among the early adopters and there weren't a lot of other examples to borrow from. So we picked the area of the file that usually had a full license text and replaced it with an appropriate SPDX-License-Identifier: entry. Since then, the Linux Kernel has adopted SPDX tags and they place it as the very first line in a file (except where shebangs are used, then it's second line) and with slightly different comment styles than us. In part due to community overlap, in part due to better tag visibility and in part for other minor reasons, switch over to that style. This commit changes all instances where we have a single declared license in the tag as both the before and after are identical in tag contents. There's also a few places where I found we did not have a tag and have introduced one. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
3a649407 |
|
18-Mar-2017 |
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> |
arm: Migrate SYS_THUMB_BUILD to Kconfig, introduce SPL_SYS_THUMB_BUILD Today, we have cases where we wish to build all of U-Boot in Thumb2 mode for various reasons. We also have cases where we only build SPL in Thumb2 mode due to size constraints and wish to build the rest of the system in ARM mode. So in this migration we introduce a new symbol as well, SPL_SYS_THUMB_BUILD to control if we build everything or just SPL (or in theory, just U-Boot) in Thumb2 mode. Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> Acked-by: Siarhei Siamashka <siarhei.siamashka@gmail.com>
|
#
c62c1b3c |
|
05-Feb-2016 |
Vikas Manocha <vikas.manocha@st.com> |
arm: use common instructions applicable to armv7m & other arm archs This patch cleans the code by using instructions allowed for armv7m as well as other Arm archs. Signed-off-by: Vikas Manocha <vikas.manocha@st.com> Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
|
#
03a3a8ae |
|
09-Feb-2016 |
David Müller (ELSOFT AG) <d.mueller@elsoft.ch> |
arm: make sure board_init_r() is being called using the right mode (ARM / THUMB) Signed-off-by: David Müller <d.mueller@elsoft.ch>
|
#
adc421e4 |
|
25-Nov-2015 |
Albert ARIBAUD <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net> |
arm: move gd handling outside of C code As of gcc 5.2.1 for Thumb-1, it is not possible any more to assign gd from C code, as gd is mapped to r9, and r9 may now be saved in the prolog sequence, and restored in the epilog sequence, of any C functions. Therefore arch_setup_gd(), which is supposed to set r9, may actually have no effect, causing U-Boot to use a bad address to access GD. Fix this by never calling arch_setup_gd() for ARM, and instead setting r9 in arch/arm/lib/crt0.S, to the value returned by board_init_f_alloc_reserve(). Signed-off-by: Albert ARIBAUD <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net> Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
ecc30663 |
|
25-Nov-2015 |
Albert ARIBAUD <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net> |
Fix board init code to respect the C runtime environment board_init_f_mem() alters the C runtime environment's stack it is actually already using. This is not a valid behaviour within a C runtime environment. Split board_init_f_mem into C functions which do not alter their own stack and always behave properly with respect to their C runtime environment. Signed-off-by: Albert ARIBAUD <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net> Acked-by: Thomas Chou <thomas@wytron.com.tw>
|
#
5ba534d2 |
|
19-Oct-2015 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Switch 32-bit ARM to using generic global_data setup There is quite a bit of assembler code that can be removed if we use the generic global_data setup. Less arch-specific code makes it easier to add new features and maintain the start-up code. Drop the unneeded code and adjust the hooks in board_f.c to cope. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
ed64190f |
|
01-Aug-2015 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Correct comments in crt0.S for the recent SPL improvements The current comments need a bit of tweaking since we now support stack and global_data relocation in SPL. Also add a reference to the README. For AArch64 this is not implemented, so leave a TODO for this. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> Reported-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
|
#
12d8a729 |
|
28-Feb-2015 |
rev13@wp.pl <rev13@wp.pl> |
ARM: Add ARMv7-M support Signed-off-by: Kamil Lulko <rev13@wp.pl>
|
#
114c86d8 |
|
04-Mar-2015 |
Przemyslaw Marczak <p.marczak@samsung.com> |
arm: relocation: clear .bss section with arch memset if defined For ARM architecture, enable the CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET/MEMCPY, will highly increase the memset/memcpy performance. This is able thanks to the ARM multiple register instructions. Unfortunatelly the relocation is done without the cache enabled, so it takes some time, but zeroing the BSS memory takes much more longer, especially for the configs with big static buffers. A quick test confirms, that the boot time improvement after using the arch memcpy for relocation has no significant meaning. The same test confirms that enable the memset for zeroing BSS, reduces the boot time. So this patch enables the arch memset for zeroing the BSS after the relocation process. For ARM boards, this can be enabled in board configs by defining: 'CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET'. This was tested on Trats2. A quick test with trace. Boot time from start to main_loop() entry: - ~1384ms - before this change - ~888ms - after this change Signed-off-by: Przemyslaw Marczak <p.marczak@samsung.com> Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> Cc: Albert Aribaud <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net> Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
db910353 |
|
03-Mar-2015 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: spl: Allow board_init_r() to run with a larger stack At present SPL uses a single stack, either CONFIG_SPL_STACK or CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR. Since some SPL features (such as MMC and environment) require a lot of stack, some boards set CONFIG_SPL_STACK to point into SDRAM. They then set up SDRAM very early, before board_init_f(), so that the larger stack can be used. This is an abuse of lowlevel_init(). That function should only be used for essential start-up code which cannot be delayed. An example of a valid use is when only part of the SPL code is visible/executable, and the SoC must be set up so that board_init_f() can be reached. It should not be used for SDRAM init, console init, etc. Add a CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R option, which allows the stack to be moved to a new address before board_init_r() is called in SPL. The expected SPL flow (for CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK) is documented in the README. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> For version 1: Acked-by: Albert ARIBAUD <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net> Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de> Tested-by: Bo Shen <voice.shen@atmel.com> Acked-by: Bo Shen <voice.shen@atmel.com> Acked-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de> Tested-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de> Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
|
#
ba19599b |
|
10-Nov-2014 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
dm: arm: spl: Allow simple malloc() in SPL For SPL it is sometimes useful to have a simple malloc() just to permit driver model to work, in the cases where the full malloc() is not made available by the board config. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
db544b96 |
|
13-Nov-2014 |
Albert ARIBAUD <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net> |
imx: fix exception vectors relocation in imx27 Commit 3ff46cc4 fixed exception vectors setting in the general ARM case, by either copying the exception and indirect vector tables to normal (0x00000000) or high (0xFFFF0000) vectors address, or setting VBAR to U-Boot's base if applicable. i.MX27 SoC is ARM926E-JS, thus has only normal and high options, but does not provide RAM at 0xFFFF0000 and has only ROM at 0x00000000; it is therefore not possible to move or change its exception vectors. Besides, i.MX27 ROM code does provide an indirect vectors table but at a non-standard address and with the reset and reserved vectors missing. Turn the current vector relocation code into a weak routine called after relocate_code from crt0, and add strong version for i.MX27. Series-Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de> Signed-off-by: Albert ARIBAUD <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net> Reviewed-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de> Tested-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de> Tested-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com> Tested-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@yahoo.fr>
|
#
76a1e584 |
|
10-Jul-2014 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Support pre-relocation malloc() Add support for re-relocation malloc() in arm's start-up code. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
aae2aef9 |
|
10-Jul-2014 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
arm: Set up global data before board_init_f() At present arm defines CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_GLOBAL_DATA, meaning that the global_data pointer is set up in board_init_f(). However it is actually set up before this, it just isn't zeroed. If we zero the global data before calling board_init_f() then we don't need to define CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_GLOBAL_DATA. Make this change (on arm32 only) to simplify the init process. I don't have the ability to test aarch64 yet. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> Acked-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
|
#
6ba2bc8f |
|
27-Nov-2013 |
Andreas Bießmann <andreas.devel@googlemail.com> |
arm: use canonical sub mnemonic Building some arm boards with older binutils may produce errors like this: ---8<--- crt0.S: Assembler messages: crt0.S:70: Error: register expected, not '#(184)' -- `sub sp,#(184)' --->8--- Use canonical version of the subtract mnemonic to avoid those issues. Reported-by: Alexey Smishlayev <alexey@xtech2.lv> Signed-off-by: Andreas Bießmann <andreas.devel@googlemail.com>
|
#
fe1378a9 |
|
21-Sep-2013 |
Jeroen Hofstee <jeroen@myspectrum.nl> |
ARM: use r9 for gd To be more EABI compliant and as a preparation for building with clang, use the platform-specific r9 register for gd instead of r8. note: The FIQ is not updated since it is not used in u-boot, and under discussion for the time being. The following checkpatch warning is ignored: WARNING: Use of volatile is usually wrong: see Documentation/volatile-considered-harmful.txt Signed-off-by: Jeroen Hofstee <jeroen@myspectrum.nl> cc: Albert ARIBAUD <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
|
#
1a459660 |
|
08-Jul-2013 |
Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de> |
Add GPL-2.0+ SPDX-License-Identifier to source files Signed-off-by: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de> [trini: Fixup common/cmd_io.c] Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
|
#
58bb8f5f |
|
15-May-2013 |
Masahiro Yamada <yamada.m@jp.panasonic.com> |
cosmetic: arm: fix comments in arch/arm/lib/crt0.S Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.m@jp.panasonic.com>
|
#
66f30bf9 |
|
11-Apr-2013 |
Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com> |
arm: Remove deprecated and now unused NAND SPL Signed-off-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
|
#
5c6db120 |
|
11-Apr-2013 |
Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com> |
arm: Remove unused relocate_code() parameters Commit e05e5de7fae5bec79617e113916dac6631251156 made the 2 1st parameters of ARM's relocate_code() useless since it moved the code handling them to crt0.S. So, drop these parameters. Signed-off-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
|
#
9c5feab7 |
|
11-Apr-2013 |
Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com> |
arm: crt0.S: Remove bogus .globl The purpose of .globl is to export symbols for ld, not to declare external symbols. By the way, use the ENTRY() and ENDPROC() macros to define functions rather than using .global directly. Signed-off-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
|
#
3929fb0a |
|
14-Mar-2013 |
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> |
Replace __bss_end__ with __bss_end Note this is a tree-wide change affecting multiple architectures. At present we use __bss_start, but mostly __bss_end__. This seems inconsistent and in a number of places __bss_end is used instead. Change to use __bss_end for the BSS end symbol throughout U-Boot. This makes it possible to use the asm-generic/sections.h file on all archs. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
|
#
e05e5de7 |
|
08-Jan-2013 |
Albert ARIBAUD <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net> |
arm: move C runtime setup code in crt0.S Move all the C runtime setup code from every start.S in arch/arm into arch/arm/lib/crt0.S. This covers the code sequence from setting up the initial stack to calling into board_init_r(). Also, rewrite the C runtime setup and make functions board_init_*() and relocate_code() behave according to normal C semantics (no jumping across the C stack any more, etc). Some SPL targets had to be touched because they use start.S explicitly or for some reason; the relevant maintainers and custodians are cc:ed. Signed-off-by: Albert ARIBAUD <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
|